1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
59 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
66 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
67 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
73 #include "dispextern.h"
75 #include "termhooks.h"
83 #include "intervals.h"
89 #include <X11/Shell.h>
92 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
104 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
105 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
108 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
110 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
111 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
116 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
118 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
119 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
121 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
123 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
124 #if defined USE_MOTIF
125 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
126 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
127 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
130 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
133 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
134 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
136 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
138 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
139 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
140 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
141 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
143 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
145 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
146 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
147 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
152 #ifndef XtNinitialState
153 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
157 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
159 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
163 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
168 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
170 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
172 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
175 static int any_help_event_p
;
177 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
178 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
180 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
182 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
184 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
187 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
189 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
190 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
191 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
192 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
194 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
196 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
197 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
198 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
199 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
201 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
203 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
205 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
208 /* The application context for Xt use. */
209 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
210 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
211 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
213 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
215 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
217 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
218 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
220 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
222 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
223 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
224 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
226 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
230 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
231 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
232 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
233 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
235 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
237 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
238 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
239 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
240 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
241 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
242 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
243 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
244 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
245 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
248 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
250 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
251 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
253 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
255 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
256 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
259 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
260 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
263 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
265 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
266 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
267 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
268 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
269 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
270 it's somewhat accurate. */
272 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
274 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
278 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
280 static int input_signal_count
;
283 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
285 static int x_noop_count
;
287 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
289 extern char **initial_argv
;
290 extern int initial_argc
;
292 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
294 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
296 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
298 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
302 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
304 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
306 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
308 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
309 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
310 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
312 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
313 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
315 /* Used in x_flush. */
317 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
319 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
320 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
322 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
323 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
324 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
325 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
326 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
327 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
329 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
330 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
331 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
332 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
333 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
334 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
335 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
336 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
337 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
338 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
339 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
340 struct device
*x_create_device
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
341 void x_delete_device
P_ ((struct device
*));
342 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
343 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
344 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
345 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
346 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
347 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct device
*));
348 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct device
*));
349 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
350 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
351 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
352 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
353 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
354 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
355 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
356 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
357 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
358 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
359 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
360 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
361 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
363 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
364 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
365 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
366 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
367 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
368 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
369 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
370 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
371 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
373 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
374 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
375 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
376 int *, struct input_event
*));
379 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
385 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
386 connection may be broken. */
387 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
393 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
394 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
395 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
396 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
398 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
399 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
404 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
405 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
406 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
407 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
408 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
411 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
414 /***********************************************************************
416 ***********************************************************************/
420 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
421 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
429 struct record event_record
[100];
431 int event_record_index
;
433 record_event (locus
, type
)
437 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
438 event_record_index
= 0;
440 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
441 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
442 event_record_index
++;
449 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
451 struct x_display_info
*
452 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
455 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
457 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
458 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
466 /***********************************************************************
467 Starting and ending an update
468 ***********************************************************************/
470 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
471 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
472 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
473 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
474 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
484 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
485 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
489 x_update_window_begin (w
)
492 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
493 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
496 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
500 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
502 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
503 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
505 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
507 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
508 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
510 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
511 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
512 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
513 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
514 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
515 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
517 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
518 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
519 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
520 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
521 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
522 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
523 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
527 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
528 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
531 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
532 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
541 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
544 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
548 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
551 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
553 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
556 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
557 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
560 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
562 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
563 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
565 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
566 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
567 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
569 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
570 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
574 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
576 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
578 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
580 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
585 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
587 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
589 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
590 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
595 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
596 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
597 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
599 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
600 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
601 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
604 updated_window
= NULL
;
608 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
615 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
616 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
620 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
626 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
627 complete update has been performed. The global variable
628 updated_window is not available here. */
631 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
636 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
638 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
639 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
642 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
643 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
644 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
645 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
646 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
653 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
654 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
655 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
656 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
657 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
658 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
661 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
662 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
664 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
670 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
671 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
673 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
674 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
675 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
676 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
677 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
678 overhead is very small. */
679 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
680 && desired_row
->full_width_p
681 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
682 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
684 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
687 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
689 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
690 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
691 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
695 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
696 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
697 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
698 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
699 y
, width
, height
, False
);
705 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
707 struct glyph_row
*row
;
708 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
710 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
711 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
712 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
713 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
714 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
717 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
718 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
721 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
724 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
725 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
726 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
727 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
729 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
732 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
734 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
736 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
737 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
738 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
739 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
741 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
743 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
745 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
746 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
749 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
755 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
756 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
760 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
762 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
764 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
766 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
768 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
769 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
771 face
->background
, depth
);
775 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
776 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
779 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
780 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
781 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
782 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
785 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
786 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
787 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
791 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
792 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
793 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
797 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
802 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
803 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
804 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
808 XTset_terminal_modes (struct device
*device
)
812 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
813 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
816 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct device
*device
)
822 /***********************************************************************
824 ***********************************************************************/
826 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
828 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
831 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
832 is not contained in the font. */
835 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
838 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
840 /* The result metric information. */
841 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
843 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
845 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
847 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
849 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
850 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
851 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
852 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
853 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
854 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
855 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
856 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
857 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
858 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
862 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
863 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
864 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
865 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
867 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
868 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
872 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
874 \ = integer modulus */
875 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
876 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
877 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
878 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
880 pcm
= (font
->per_char
881 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
882 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
883 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
889 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
890 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
891 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
892 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
893 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
894 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
898 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
903 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
904 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
907 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
910 struct font_info
*font_info
;
913 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
914 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
916 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
917 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
919 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
921 /* It's a program. */
922 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
924 check_ccl_update (ccl
);
925 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
927 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
928 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
933 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
934 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
935 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
938 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
940 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
942 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
943 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
945 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
947 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
949 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
951 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
953 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
954 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
955 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
957 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
958 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
962 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
964 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
969 /***********************************************************************
971 ***********************************************************************/
975 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
976 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
977 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
979 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
980 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
981 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
982 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
983 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
984 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
985 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
986 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
987 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
988 unsigned long *, double, int));
989 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
990 double, int, unsigned long));
991 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
992 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
993 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
994 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
995 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
996 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
998 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
999 int, int, int, int, int, int,
1001 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
1002 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
1005 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
1009 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1014 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1016 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1017 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1018 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1020 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1023 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1027 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1028 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1030 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1031 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1032 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1033 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1034 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1035 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1036 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1038 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1039 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1040 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1042 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1043 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1046 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1047 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1048 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1049 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1051 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1052 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1055 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1056 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1058 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1063 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1066 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1067 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1072 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1073 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1074 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1076 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1078 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1079 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1081 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1082 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1083 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1085 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1086 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1087 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1090 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1095 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1096 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1097 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1098 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1099 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1100 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1102 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1103 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1106 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1107 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1109 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1112 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1116 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1117 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1118 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1121 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1122 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1124 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1128 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1129 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1133 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1134 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1136 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1138 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1140 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1141 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1143 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1145 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1146 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1148 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1150 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1153 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1155 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1156 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1158 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1159 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1161 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1162 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1166 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1167 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1170 /* GC must have been set. */
1171 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1175 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1176 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1179 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1180 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1183 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1184 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1189 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1190 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1193 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1194 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1197 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1200 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1201 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1202 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1203 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1204 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1209 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1212 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1213 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1217 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1218 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1219 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1220 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1224 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1225 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1226 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1227 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1228 contains the first component of a composition. */
1231 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1232 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1235 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1236 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1237 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1239 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1243 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1244 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1245 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1246 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1247 s
->background_width
,
1248 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1249 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1250 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1252 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1253 || s
->font_not_found_p
1254 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1257 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1258 s
->background_width
,
1259 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1260 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1266 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1269 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1270 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1274 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1275 of S to the right of that box line. */
1276 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1277 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1278 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1282 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1284 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1286 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1288 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1289 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1290 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1292 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1297 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1298 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1300 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1301 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1303 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1305 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1306 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1308 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1309 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1310 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1311 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1312 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1314 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1316 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1318 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1319 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1321 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1322 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1327 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1328 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1330 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1331 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1334 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1336 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1337 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1339 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1340 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1342 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1343 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1348 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1351 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1352 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1356 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1357 of S to the right of that box line. */
1358 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1359 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1360 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1364 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1365 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1366 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1367 this composition. */
1369 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1370 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1371 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1374 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1375 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1379 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1381 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1382 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1383 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1385 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1386 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1387 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1388 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1395 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1397 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1398 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1399 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1400 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1401 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1404 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1405 cannot be determined. */
1407 static struct frame
*
1408 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1411 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1415 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1417 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1418 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1419 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1420 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1421 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1422 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1424 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1425 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1426 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1427 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1428 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1430 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1431 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1432 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1439 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1440 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1441 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1442 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1445 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1450 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1451 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1455 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1456 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1457 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1458 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1459 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1460 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1463 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1467 unsigned long *pixel
;
1471 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1472 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1476 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1477 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1479 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1481 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1483 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1488 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1489 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1491 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1494 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1496 DPY is the display we are working on.
1498 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1499 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1500 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1501 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1503 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1504 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1506 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1507 we allocated the color or not.
1509 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1512 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1516 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1517 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1527 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1528 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1530 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1534 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1535 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1536 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1538 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1540 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1541 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1543 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1545 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1546 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1548 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1549 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1551 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1552 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1557 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1559 params
[0] = color_name
;
1560 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1561 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1562 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1567 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1569 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1571 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1575 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1579 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1580 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1583 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1588 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1589 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1590 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1592 APP is the application context in which we work.
1594 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1595 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1596 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1598 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1601 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1610 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1612 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1615 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1617 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1618 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1619 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1620 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1621 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1626 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1629 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1630 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1631 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1632 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1634 static const XColor
*
1635 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1639 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1641 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1643 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1646 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1647 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1648 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1649 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1650 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1652 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1653 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1655 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1656 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1659 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1660 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1664 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1665 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1668 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1673 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1675 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1678 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1680 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1681 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1682 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1683 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1687 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1691 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1692 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1695 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1699 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1703 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1704 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1705 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1709 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1716 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1719 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1720 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1721 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1722 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1724 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1726 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1728 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1730 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1731 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1732 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1733 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1735 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1738 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1742 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1743 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1744 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1745 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1749 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1750 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1751 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1752 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1753 XColor
*cached_color
;
1755 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1756 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1757 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1758 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1759 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1761 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1762 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1763 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1767 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1769 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1770 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1776 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1777 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1778 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1782 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1787 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1788 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1792 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1793 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1794 get color reference counts right. */
1797 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1799 unsigned long pixel
;
1803 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1805 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1806 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1808 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1809 register_color (pixel
);
1815 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1816 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1817 get color reference counts right. */
1820 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1823 unsigned long pixel
;
1827 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1829 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1830 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1832 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1833 register_color (pixel
);
1839 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1842 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1843 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1844 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1845 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1846 use an additional additive factor.
1848 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1849 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1850 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1853 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1854 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1855 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1856 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1857 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1858 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1861 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1865 unsigned long *pixel
;
1873 /* Get RGB color values. */
1874 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1875 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1877 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1878 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1879 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1880 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1881 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1883 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1884 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1886 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1887 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1888 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1889 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1890 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1892 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1893 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1894 /* The additive adjustment. */
1895 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1899 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1900 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1901 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1905 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1906 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1907 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1911 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1912 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1915 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1917 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1918 delta to the RGB values. */
1919 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1921 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1922 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1923 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1924 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1935 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1936 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1937 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1938 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1939 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1940 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1943 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1945 struct relief
*relief
;
1948 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1951 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1952 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1953 unsigned long pixel
;
1954 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1955 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1956 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1957 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1959 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1960 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1962 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1963 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1964 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1966 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1968 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1969 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1972 /* Allocate new color. */
1973 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1975 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1976 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1978 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1979 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1982 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1984 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1986 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1989 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1993 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1996 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1997 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1999 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2000 unsigned long color
;
2002 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2003 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2004 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2006 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2007 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2012 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2013 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2014 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2017 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2018 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2020 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2021 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2022 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2023 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2024 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2029 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2030 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2031 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2032 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2033 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2034 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2038 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2039 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2041 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2042 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2043 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2045 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2046 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2051 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2053 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2054 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2058 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2059 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2060 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2061 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2065 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2066 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2067 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2069 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2071 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2073 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2074 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2078 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2079 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2080 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2081 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2085 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2086 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2087 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2089 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2093 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2094 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2095 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2096 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2097 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2098 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2101 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2102 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2103 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2104 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2105 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2109 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2110 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2111 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2114 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2115 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2119 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2120 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2123 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2124 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2128 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2129 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2131 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2132 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2136 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2139 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2140 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2142 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2143 int left_p
, right_p
;
2144 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2145 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2147 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2148 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2149 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2151 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2152 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2154 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2156 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2157 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2159 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2161 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2163 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2165 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2166 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2168 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2169 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2170 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2172 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2174 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2176 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2177 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2178 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2181 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2182 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2183 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2188 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2191 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2192 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2195 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2197 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2198 right of that line. */
2199 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2200 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2202 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2204 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2206 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2207 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2208 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2209 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2215 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2216 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2217 trust on the shape extension to be available
2218 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2220 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2223 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2225 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2226 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2227 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2228 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2229 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2231 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2234 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2235 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2236 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2237 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2238 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2239 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2243 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2245 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2248 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2249 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2250 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2251 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2252 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2253 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2255 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2256 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2257 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2258 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2259 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2260 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2261 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2263 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2265 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2267 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2268 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2273 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2274 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2275 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2279 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2282 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2283 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2285 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2288 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2290 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2291 right of that line. */
2292 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2293 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2295 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2297 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2299 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2300 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2301 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2302 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2304 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2305 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2307 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2308 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2312 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2313 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2318 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2319 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2321 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2322 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2323 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2325 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2327 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2332 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2335 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2336 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2340 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2342 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2343 right of that line. */
2344 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2345 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2347 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2349 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2351 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2352 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2353 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2354 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2360 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2361 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2362 trust on the shape extension to be available
2363 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2365 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2369 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2370 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2371 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2372 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2373 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2375 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2376 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2377 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2378 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2382 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2383 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2384 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2386 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2387 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2388 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2389 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2390 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2391 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2392 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2394 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2396 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2397 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2398 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2403 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2404 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2405 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2409 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2410 give the rectangle to draw. */
2413 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2414 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2419 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2420 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2421 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2422 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2425 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2429 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2432 s->x +-------------------------
2435 | +-------------------------
2438 | | +-------------------
2444 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2445 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2447 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2448 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2450 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2453 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2454 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2455 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2456 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2458 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2459 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2461 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2462 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2466 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2467 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2471 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2472 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2473 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2474 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2475 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2477 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2478 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2479 s
->background_width
,
2482 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2484 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2486 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2489 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2490 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2491 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2492 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2493 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2498 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2500 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2501 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2502 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2503 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2511 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2513 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2515 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2516 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2518 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2521 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2524 /* Draw the foreground. */
2527 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2528 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2529 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2530 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2531 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2534 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2536 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2538 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2539 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2540 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2544 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2547 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2548 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2550 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2551 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2553 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2554 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2556 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2557 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2558 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2561 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2563 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2564 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2566 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2567 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2571 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2572 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2574 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2580 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2581 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2583 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2585 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2586 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2587 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2588 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2593 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2594 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2595 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2596 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2600 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2601 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2604 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2608 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2611 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2612 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2614 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2616 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2617 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2618 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2619 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2621 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2622 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2623 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2624 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2627 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2628 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2630 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2631 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2632 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2633 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2634 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2635 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2638 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2639 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2640 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2641 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2645 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2647 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2650 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2654 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2658 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2659 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2661 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2662 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2665 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2666 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2667 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2669 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2670 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2677 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2679 /* Draw underline. */
2680 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2682 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2685 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2686 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2689 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2690 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2691 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2692 specs, and its default is
2694 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2695 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2697 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2698 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2699 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2700 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2701 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2703 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2705 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2706 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2707 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2711 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2712 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2713 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2714 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2715 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2719 /* Draw overline. */
2720 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2722 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2724 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2725 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2730 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2731 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2732 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2734 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2738 /* Draw strike-through. */
2739 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2741 unsigned long h
= 1;
2742 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2744 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2745 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2750 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2751 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2752 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2754 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2758 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2759 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2760 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2763 /* Reset clipping. */
2764 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2767 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2770 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2772 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2774 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2775 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2776 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2780 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2784 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
2792 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2793 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2796 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2803 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2804 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2808 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2811 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2813 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2815 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2816 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2817 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2819 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2820 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2822 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2824 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2825 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2826 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2828 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2835 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2837 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2838 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2840 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2843 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2844 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2847 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2848 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2850 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2851 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2852 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2854 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2855 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2859 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2861 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2862 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2866 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2868 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2869 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2871 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2873 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2885 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2886 pixels into background pixels. */
2890 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2891 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2892 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2894 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2895 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2899 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2900 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2901 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2902 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2903 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2904 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2905 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2909 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2910 edge it is next to. */
2911 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2913 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2914 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2917 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2918 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2925 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2927 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2928 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2930 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2932 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2933 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2934 width
, flash_height
);
2935 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2937 (height
- flash_height
2938 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2939 width
, flash_height
);
2942 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2943 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2944 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2945 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2950 struct timeval wakeup
;
2952 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2954 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2955 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2956 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2957 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2959 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2961 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2963 struct timeval current
;
2964 struct timeval timeout
;
2966 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2968 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2969 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2972 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2974 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2976 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2977 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2981 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2982 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2984 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2986 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2987 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2988 width
, flash_height
);
2989 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2991 (height
- flash_height
2992 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2993 width
, flash_height
);
2996 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2997 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2998 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2999 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3001 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3009 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3012 /* Make audible bell. */
3017 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3019 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3021 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3028 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3029 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3036 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3037 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3038 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3039 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3042 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3045 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3050 /***********************************************************************
3052 ***********************************************************************/
3054 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3055 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3058 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3066 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3069 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3073 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3074 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3076 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3077 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3079 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3081 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3082 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3083 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3087 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3088 line at the bottom. */
3089 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3090 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3092 height
= run
->height
;
3096 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3098 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3099 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3101 height
= run
->height
;
3106 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3110 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3111 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3112 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3122 /***********************************************************************
3124 ***********************************************************************/
3131 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3132 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3133 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3134 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3136 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3137 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3139 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3143 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3146 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3147 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3148 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3149 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3151 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3152 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3154 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3157 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3158 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3159 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3160 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3161 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3164 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3165 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3166 struct frame
*frame
;
3168 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3170 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3172 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3173 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3174 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3176 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3177 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3180 selected_frame
= frame
;
3181 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3183 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3184 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3187 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3188 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3190 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3193 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3196 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3197 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3198 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3201 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3204 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3205 struct frame
*frame
;
3206 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3208 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3210 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3212 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3213 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3215 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3216 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3217 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3218 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3219 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3221 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3222 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3226 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3229 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3230 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3233 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3235 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3237 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3239 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3240 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3244 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3245 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3250 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3251 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3253 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3256 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3257 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3259 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3261 struct frame
*frame
;
3263 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3267 switch (event
->type
)
3272 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3274 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3276 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3277 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3278 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3279 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3281 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3287 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3288 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3289 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3290 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3296 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3299 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3300 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3302 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3305 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3306 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3307 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3309 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3310 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3311 the appropriate X display info. */
3314 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3315 struct frame
*frame
;
3317 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3321 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3322 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3324 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3326 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3328 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3329 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3330 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3331 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3332 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3334 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3335 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3339 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3341 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3344 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3345 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3346 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3352 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3354 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3356 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3357 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3359 int min_code
, max_code
;
3362 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3364 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3365 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3366 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3367 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3368 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3371 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3373 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3374 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3377 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3378 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3380 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3382 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3383 Alt keysyms are on. */
3385 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3386 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3388 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3390 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3391 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3393 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3395 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3399 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3403 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3405 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3411 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3412 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3417 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3418 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3423 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3424 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3425 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3426 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3431 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3432 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3433 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3434 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3438 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3439 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3440 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3441 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3442 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3451 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3452 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3454 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3455 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3458 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3459 make them just meta, not alt. */
3460 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3462 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3465 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3466 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3469 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3473 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3474 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3477 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3478 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3479 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3480 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3483 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3484 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3485 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3486 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3487 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3488 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3489 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3490 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3493 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3494 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3495 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3496 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3497 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3498 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3502 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3503 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3506 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3507 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3508 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3509 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3513 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3514 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3515 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3516 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3517 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3518 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3519 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3520 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3523 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3524 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3525 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3526 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3527 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3528 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3531 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3534 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3540 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3548 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3550 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3552 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3556 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3557 struct input_event
*result
;
3558 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3561 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3563 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3564 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3565 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3566 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3568 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3572 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3573 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3574 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3580 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3581 The input handler calls this.
3583 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3584 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3585 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3586 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3588 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3589 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3592 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3594 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3596 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3597 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3598 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3600 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3602 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3603 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3604 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3608 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3609 if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3610 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3611 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3612 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3614 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3615 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3616 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3617 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3618 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3626 /************************************************************************
3628 ************************************************************************/
3631 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3633 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3634 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3635 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3636 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3637 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3642 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3643 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3645 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3646 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3647 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3648 position on the scroll bar.
3650 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3651 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3654 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3655 was at this position.
3657 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3659 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3663 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3666 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3667 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3669 unsigned long *time
;
3675 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3676 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3682 Window dummy_window
;
3685 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3687 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3688 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3689 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3690 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3691 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3693 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3695 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3696 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3697 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3699 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3702 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3703 a different screen. */
3706 /* The position on that root window. */
3709 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3712 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3714 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3716 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3717 containing the pointer. */
3721 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3726 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3727 structure is changing at the same time this function
3728 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3730 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3732 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3733 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3735 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3736 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3737 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3739 /* From-window, to-window. */
3740 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3742 /* From-position, to-position. */
3743 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3747 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3753 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3755 /* From-window, to-window. */
3758 /* From-position, to-position. */
3759 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3764 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3772 /* Now we know that:
3773 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3774 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3775 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3776 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3777 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3778 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3779 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3780 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3781 never use them in that case.) */
3783 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3784 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3786 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3787 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3790 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3791 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3793 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3796 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3799 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3801 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3804 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3806 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3810 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3816 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3817 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3821 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3822 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3823 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3824 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3825 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3826 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3827 the frame are divided into. */
3829 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3834 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3835 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3836 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3846 /***********************************************************************
3848 ***********************************************************************/
3850 /* Scroll bar support. */
3852 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3854 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3857 static struct scroll_bar
*
3858 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3864 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3865 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3866 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3868 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3869 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3872 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3874 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3875 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3876 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3879 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
3882 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3884 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3885 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3886 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3887 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3888 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3891 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3892 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3893 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3894 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3901 #if defined USE_LUCID
3903 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3904 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3907 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3912 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3913 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3916 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
3918 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3919 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3921 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3929 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3932 /************************************************************************
3934 ************************************************************************/
3936 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3938 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3939 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3940 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3941 struct scroll_bar
*));
3942 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3946 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3947 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3949 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
3951 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
3953 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
3955 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
3956 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
3959 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
3961 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
3963 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
3965 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
3966 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
3967 to avoid jerkyness. */
3969 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
3971 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
3972 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
3973 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
3974 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
3977 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
3980 XtPointer client_data
;
3984 Cardinal
*num_params
;
3990 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
3991 end_action
= "Release";
3992 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
3993 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
3994 end_action
= "EndScroll";
3995 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
3998 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
3999 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4003 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4004 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4005 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4007 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4009 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4010 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4011 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4013 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4014 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4016 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4017 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4020 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4022 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4023 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4025 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4026 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4029 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4030 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4031 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4032 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4035 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4037 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4040 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4041 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4042 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4047 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4048 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4049 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4050 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4051 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4054 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4055 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4056 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4057 into that array in the event. */
4058 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4059 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4062 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4064 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4065 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4066 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4068 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4070 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4071 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4074 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4075 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4076 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4077 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4078 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4079 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4081 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4082 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4084 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4085 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4086 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4087 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4092 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4096 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4098 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4100 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4105 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4106 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4108 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4109 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4111 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4112 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4115 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4117 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4119 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4120 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4121 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4122 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4123 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4129 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4131 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4134 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4135 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4136 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4139 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4141 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4143 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4144 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4145 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4149 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4150 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4151 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4154 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4155 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4156 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4159 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4160 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4161 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4164 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4165 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4166 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4170 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4171 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4174 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4175 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4176 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4183 /* Get the slider size. */
4185 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4188 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4189 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4190 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4191 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4195 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4201 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4202 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4203 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4208 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4210 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4211 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4214 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4218 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4224 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4225 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4227 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4229 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4232 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4234 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4240 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4242 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4244 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4246 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4247 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4249 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4251 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4252 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4254 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4256 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4257 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4259 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4261 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4262 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4266 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4267 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4268 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4269 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4274 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4275 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4276 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4280 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4282 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4283 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4284 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4288 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4290 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4292 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4293 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4295 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4298 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4300 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4304 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4306 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4307 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4308 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4309 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4310 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4312 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4314 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4316 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4317 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4318 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4319 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4323 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4324 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4325 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4326 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4327 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4328 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4329 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4332 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4334 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4336 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4337 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4338 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4342 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4344 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4347 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4348 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4350 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4351 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4352 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4353 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4355 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4357 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4358 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4359 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4360 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4363 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4364 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4366 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4368 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4369 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4373 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4375 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4377 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4380 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4385 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4388 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4390 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4396 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4397 unsigned long pixel
;
4402 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4403 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4404 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4405 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4406 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4407 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4408 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4409 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4411 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4414 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4418 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4421 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4425 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4426 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4428 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4429 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4431 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4433 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4435 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4437 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4439 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4441 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4444 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4445 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4447 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4448 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4449 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4450 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4452 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4454 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4455 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4456 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4457 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4458 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4459 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4460 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4461 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4463 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4466 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4470 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4473 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4477 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4479 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4480 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4482 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4483 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4484 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4486 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4488 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4490 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4491 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4492 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4494 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4497 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4498 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4499 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4500 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4501 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4502 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4504 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4508 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4509 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4510 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4512 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4514 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4517 /* Specify the colors. */
4518 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4521 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4524 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4527 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4533 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4534 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4538 char *val
= initial
;
4539 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4540 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4541 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4543 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4544 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4545 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4546 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4547 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4548 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4552 /* Define callbacks. */
4553 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4554 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4557 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4558 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4560 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4562 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4563 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4564 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4565 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4567 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4568 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4569 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4570 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4574 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4577 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4578 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4582 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4583 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4584 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4586 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4589 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4591 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4592 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4593 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4595 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4596 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4603 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4604 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4605 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4606 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4607 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4608 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4609 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4610 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4611 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4612 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4613 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4614 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4615 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4616 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4623 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4624 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4627 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4631 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4632 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4634 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4635 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4636 size
= max (size
, 1);
4638 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4639 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4640 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4642 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4644 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4650 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4651 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4655 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4657 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4658 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4659 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4663 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4664 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4665 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4668 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4669 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4671 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4672 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4673 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4674 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4676 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4677 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4680 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4681 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4682 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4684 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4688 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4692 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4694 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4698 /************************************************************************
4699 Scroll bars, general
4700 ************************************************************************/
4702 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4703 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4704 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4707 static struct scroll_bar
*
4708 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4710 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4712 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4713 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4714 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4718 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4719 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4720 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4722 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4726 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4727 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4728 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4730 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4731 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4733 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4735 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4737 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4738 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4739 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4740 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4741 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4743 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4745 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4746 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4747 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4749 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4751 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4758 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4760 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4762 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4763 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4764 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4765 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4766 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4767 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4768 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4769 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4771 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4772 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4774 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4775 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4776 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4778 /* Map the window/widget. */
4779 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4782 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4783 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4785 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4786 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4788 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4789 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4790 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4791 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4792 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4794 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4795 max (height
, 1), 0);
4796 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4797 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4799 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4800 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4801 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4808 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4810 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4811 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4812 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4815 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4816 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4817 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4818 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4819 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4821 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4824 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4825 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4829 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4830 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4831 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4832 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4834 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4836 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4837 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4843 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4844 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4845 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4847 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4848 the distance between start and end. */
4850 int length
= end
- start
;
4854 else if (start
> top_range
)
4856 end
= start
+ length
;
4860 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4864 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4865 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4866 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4868 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4869 if (end
> top_range
)
4872 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4873 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4874 that many pixels tall. */
4875 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4877 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4878 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4880 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4881 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4882 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4883 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4884 inside_width
, start
,
4887 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4888 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4889 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4890 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4892 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4893 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4894 /* x, y, width, height */
4895 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4896 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4897 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4899 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4900 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4901 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4902 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4904 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4905 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4906 if (end
< inside_height
)
4907 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4908 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4909 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4910 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4911 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4919 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4921 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4925 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4926 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4928 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4931 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4933 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4934 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4935 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4936 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4938 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4941 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4942 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4948 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
4949 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
4950 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
4954 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
4956 int portion
, whole
, position
;
4958 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4959 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4960 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
4961 int window_y
, window_height
;
4963 /* Get window dimensions. */
4964 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
4966 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
4967 height
= window_height
;
4969 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
4970 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
4972 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
4973 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
4974 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
4975 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
4979 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
4980 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4981 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
4983 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
4984 ? width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2
4988 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
4989 ? (width
- sb_width
) / 2
4990 : width
- sb_width
));
4992 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
4993 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
4998 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
4999 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5001 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5004 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5005 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5009 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5013 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5014 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5016 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5020 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5022 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5024 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5026 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5029 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5031 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5034 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5035 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5036 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5037 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5038 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5040 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5041 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5043 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5044 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5046 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5047 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5048 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5050 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5051 max (height
, 1), 0);
5052 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5054 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5056 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5057 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5058 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5060 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5061 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5063 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5064 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5065 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5069 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5070 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5071 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5074 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5075 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5076 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5078 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5079 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5080 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5081 rest
, height
, False
);
5083 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5084 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5088 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5093 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5095 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5097 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5101 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5103 /* Remember new settings. */
5104 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5105 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5106 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5107 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5112 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5113 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5114 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5115 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5117 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5119 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5122 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5125 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5126 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5127 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5130 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5132 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5136 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5137 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5138 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5139 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5140 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5141 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5142 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5144 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5145 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5146 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5149 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5152 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5153 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5156 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5157 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5158 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5159 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5160 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5161 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5162 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5167 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5168 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5171 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5172 struct window
*window
;
5174 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5177 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5178 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5181 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5183 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5184 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5185 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5187 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5189 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5190 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5192 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5193 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5194 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5196 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5197 one or the other! */
5201 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5203 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5204 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5206 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5208 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5209 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5210 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5213 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5214 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5217 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5220 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5222 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5224 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5225 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5226 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5228 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5230 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5232 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5235 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5238 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5239 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5243 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5244 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5245 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5247 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5251 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5252 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5255 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5256 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5257 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5258 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5262 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5264 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5265 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5267 /* x, y, width, height */
5269 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5270 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5275 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5277 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5278 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5280 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5285 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5286 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5288 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5290 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5293 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5294 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5295 emacs_event
->modifiers
5296 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5297 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5298 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5299 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5302 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5303 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5304 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5307 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5309 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5312 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5313 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5316 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5318 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5319 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5320 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5321 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5323 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5325 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5326 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5327 whether or not we're dragging. */
5329 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5331 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5332 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5333 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5336 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5337 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5338 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5339 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5341 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5342 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5344 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5345 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5349 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5351 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5353 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5354 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5356 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5358 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5361 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5365 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5367 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5369 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5373 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5374 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5377 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5379 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5382 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5384 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5385 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5387 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5388 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5390 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5392 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5394 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5399 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5401 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5402 on the scroll bar. */
5405 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5407 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5408 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5410 unsigned long *time
;
5412 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5413 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5414 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5416 Window dummy_window
;
5418 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5422 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5424 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5426 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5427 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5428 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5430 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5433 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5440 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5443 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5445 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5447 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5448 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5452 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5456 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5458 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5459 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5460 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5461 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5462 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5463 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5465 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5467 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5468 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5471 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5474 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5480 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5481 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5482 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5486 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5489 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5492 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5493 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5494 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5495 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5496 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5497 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5498 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5499 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5501 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5505 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5508 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5509 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5510 sometimes don't work. */
5512 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5515 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5516 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5517 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5518 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5520 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5521 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5523 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5525 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5526 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5528 static int temp_index
;
5529 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5531 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5532 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5534 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5536 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5537 on a particular display. */
5539 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5541 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5542 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5543 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5544 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5546 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5548 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5551 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5552 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5553 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5554 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5555 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5556 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5560 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5561 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5571 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5572 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5573 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5575 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5577 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5581 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5582 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5585 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5586 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5587 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5590 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5591 event
->xclient
.window
);
5593 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5598 static int current_count
;
5599 static int current_finish
;
5600 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5602 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5603 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5604 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5605 static GdkFilterReturn
5606 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5611 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5613 if (current_count
>= 0)
5615 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5617 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5620 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5621 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5622 so we do it here. */
5623 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5624 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5625 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5629 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5633 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5638 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5640 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5641 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5643 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5645 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5648 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5650 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5651 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5652 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5654 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5657 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5658 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5661 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5664 struct input_event ie
;
5665 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5671 struct coding_system coding
;
5672 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5674 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5676 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5677 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5684 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5685 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5686 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5688 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5689 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5691 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5692 could be the shell widget window
5693 if the frame has no title bar. */
5694 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5696 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5697 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5698 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5700 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5701 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5702 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5703 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5704 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5707 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5708 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5709 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5710 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5713 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5714 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5715 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5718 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5719 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5720 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5721 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5722 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5723 /* The ICCCM says this is
5724 the only valid choice. */
5726 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5727 /* This is needed to detect the error
5728 if there is an error. */
5730 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5732 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5737 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5738 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5740 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5741 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5742 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5743 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5744 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5745 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5746 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5747 session manager and one for this. */
5749 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5752 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5753 event
.xclient
.window
);
5754 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5755 for a single Emacs process. */
5756 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5757 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5758 event
.xclient
.window
,
5759 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5761 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5762 event
.xclient
.window
,
5768 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5769 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5771 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5772 event
.xclient
.window
);
5774 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5776 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5777 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5784 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5785 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5790 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5791 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5794 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5796 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5797 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5801 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5808 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5809 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5811 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5812 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5816 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5818 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5819 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5820 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5821 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5823 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5824 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5825 currently never do because we are interested in
5826 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5827 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5828 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5829 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5830 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5834 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5835 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5836 we construct an input_event. */
5837 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5838 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5840 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5841 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5844 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5846 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5851 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5852 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5856 case SelectionNotify
:
5857 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5858 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5860 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5861 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5864 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5865 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5866 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5868 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5870 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5872 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5873 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5874 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5875 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5876 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5880 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5881 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5882 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5884 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5886 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5887 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5889 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5890 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5891 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5892 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5893 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5894 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5895 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5896 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5900 case PropertyNotify
:
5901 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5902 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5903 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5904 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5905 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5909 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5912 case ReparentNotify
:
5913 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5917 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5918 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5922 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5923 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
5928 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
5931 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
5934 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
5935 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5936 event
.xexpose
.window
,
5937 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5938 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
5941 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
5943 f
->async_visible
= 1;
5944 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
5945 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
5946 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
5950 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5951 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
5955 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5956 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5958 #if defined USE_LUCID
5959 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
5960 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
5961 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
5964 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
5966 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
5968 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
5970 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5971 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
5973 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5974 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5975 event
.xexpose
.window
);
5978 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
5979 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5982 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5983 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5987 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
5988 source area was obscured or not
5990 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
5994 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
5995 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
5996 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
5998 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6001 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6004 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6005 source area was completely
6010 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6011 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6014 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6017 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6018 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6019 the frame was deleted. */
6021 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6022 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6023 display that won't ever be seen. */
6024 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6025 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6026 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6027 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6028 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6029 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6030 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6031 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6033 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6035 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6036 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6042 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6043 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6044 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6047 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6048 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6049 frame is visible. */
6050 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6053 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6054 the frame's display structures.
6055 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6056 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6057 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6058 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6059 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6060 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6062 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6063 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6064 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6068 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6069 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6071 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6072 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6073 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6074 to update the frame titles
6075 in case this is the second frame. */
6076 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6082 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6084 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6085 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6086 if (popup_activated ())
6090 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6092 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6094 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6095 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6098 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6101 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6102 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6103 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6105 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6107 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6108 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6111 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6115 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6116 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6117 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6120 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6121 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6122 status_return even if the input is too long to
6123 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6124 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6125 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6126 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6127 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6128 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6129 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6131 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6135 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6136 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6137 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6139 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6143 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6144 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6145 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6147 /* This will have to go some day... */
6149 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6150 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6151 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6152 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6153 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6154 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6155 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6157 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6158 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6159 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6160 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6161 not it is combined with Meta. */
6162 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6163 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6168 Status status_return
;
6170 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6171 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6172 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6173 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6175 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6177 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6178 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6179 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6180 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6181 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6184 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6185 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6186 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6187 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6188 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6189 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6190 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6191 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6193 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6195 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6196 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6197 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6200 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6206 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6208 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6213 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6214 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6218 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6219 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6222 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6223 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6227 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6228 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6229 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6232 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6233 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6235 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6236 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6238 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6239 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6241 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6242 translations to characters. */
6243 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6244 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6246 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6247 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6251 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6252 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6253 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6257 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6258 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6259 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6260 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6264 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6265 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6266 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6267 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6268 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6269 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6271 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6272 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6274 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6275 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6276 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6277 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6278 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6279 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6281 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6282 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6284 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6285 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6287 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6288 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6290 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6291 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6293 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6294 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6296 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6297 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6299 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6300 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6302 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6303 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6305 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6306 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6308 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6309 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6311 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6312 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6314 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6315 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6317 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6318 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6320 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6321 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6322 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6323 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6324 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6325 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6327 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6328 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6331 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6333 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6334 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6335 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6336 don't have real modifiers but
6337 should be treated similarly to
6338 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6339 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6340 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6342 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6343 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6347 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6348 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6350 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6351 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6355 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6360 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6361 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6362 we used just above and the locale. */
6363 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6364 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6365 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6366 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6367 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6368 gives us composition information. */
6369 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6371 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6373 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6377 /* Decode the input data. */
6381 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6382 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6383 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6384 /* We explicitly disable composition handling because
6385 key data should not contain any composition sequence. */
6386 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6387 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
, nbytes
, require
);
6388 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6389 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6393 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6394 character events. */
6395 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6397 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6398 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6400 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6402 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6403 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6404 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6406 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6409 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6410 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6413 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6415 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6421 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6422 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6431 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6432 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6440 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6442 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6444 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6445 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6448 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6450 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6451 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6453 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6455 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6456 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6459 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6460 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6463 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6464 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6465 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6466 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6470 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6474 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6476 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6479 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6481 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6482 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6483 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6484 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6487 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6488 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6489 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6490 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6491 if (any_help_event_p
)
6497 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6502 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6503 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6505 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6506 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6507 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6509 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6511 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6513 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6514 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6520 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6521 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6525 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6526 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6529 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6530 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6531 will be selected iff it is active. */
6532 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6533 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6534 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6536 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6537 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6542 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6543 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6547 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6548 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6549 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6550 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6553 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6554 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6556 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6557 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6558 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6561 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6562 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6563 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6564 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6569 case ConfigureNotify
:
6570 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6573 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6575 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6576 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6577 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6578 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6579 do this one, the right one will come later.
6580 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6581 need to reset it below. */
6583 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6584 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6585 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6586 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6591 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6592 is called by the code that handles resizing
6593 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6595 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6596 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6597 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6598 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6599 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6600 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6601 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6603 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6604 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6605 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6607 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6610 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6611 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6614 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6615 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6616 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6617 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6620 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6621 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6622 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6624 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6625 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6626 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6630 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6631 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6634 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6636 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6637 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6638 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6639 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6647 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6648 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6651 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6652 bzero (&last_mouse_glyph
, sizeof (last_mouse_glyph
));
6654 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6656 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6657 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6659 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6663 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6664 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6665 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6668 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6669 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6671 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6672 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6674 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6675 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6677 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6678 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6679 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6685 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6686 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6688 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6689 if (! popup_activated ())
6692 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6694 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6695 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6697 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6698 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6700 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6701 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6704 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6710 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6711 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6712 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6714 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6715 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6717 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6719 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6720 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6722 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6724 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6725 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6728 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6730 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6731 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6734 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6737 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6739 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6740 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6741 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6745 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6746 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6747 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6748 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6749 Instead, save it away
6750 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6751 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6754 ! popup_activated ()
6757 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6758 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6759 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6760 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6761 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6762 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6763 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6764 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6766 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6767 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6769 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6772 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6774 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6778 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6779 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6780 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6782 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6784 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6785 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6786 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6791 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6794 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6798 case CirculateNotify
:
6801 case CirculateRequest
:
6804 case VisibilityNotify
:
6808 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6810 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6812 case MappingModifier
:
6813 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6814 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6815 case MappingKeyboard
:
6816 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6822 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6824 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6825 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6827 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6832 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6834 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6839 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6844 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6850 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6851 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6852 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6856 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6857 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6867 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6868 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6869 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6871 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6873 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6877 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6878 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6880 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6883 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6889 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6890 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6891 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6893 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6894 thus pretending to be `read'.
6896 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6899 XTread_socket (device
, expected
, hold_quit
)
6900 struct device
*device
;
6902 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6906 int event_found
= 0;
6907 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6909 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
6911 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
6915 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
6918 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
6919 input_signal_count
++;
6923 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
6924 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
6925 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
6927 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
6929 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
6930 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
6931 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
6932 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
6933 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
6934 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
6937 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
6938 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
6939 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
6940 for X connections. */
6943 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
6945 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
6946 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
6947 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
6948 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
6950 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
6954 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
6955 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
6957 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
6958 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
6962 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
6963 if (device
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
6965 struct input_event inev
;
6967 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
6968 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
6969 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
6971 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6979 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
6983 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
6986 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
6987 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
6992 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
6994 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
6997 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7002 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7003 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7004 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7005 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7007 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7008 from all displays. */
7010 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7012 current_count
= count
;
7013 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7015 gtk_main_iteration ();
7017 count
= current_count
;
7019 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7021 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7024 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7028 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7029 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7032 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7033 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7034 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7036 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7040 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7041 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7043 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7045 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7046 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7050 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7052 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7053 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7055 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7056 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7068 /***********************************************************************
7070 ***********************************************************************/
7072 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7073 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7075 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7076 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7077 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7080 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7082 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7086 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7087 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7088 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7090 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7092 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7093 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7094 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7095 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7096 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7098 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7102 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7105 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7107 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7109 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7110 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7111 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7114 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7117 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7118 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7119 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7120 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7123 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7124 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7125 y
= get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &h
);
7126 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7128 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7129 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7130 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7131 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7132 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7134 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7135 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7136 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7138 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7139 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7140 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7141 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7145 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7147 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7148 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7149 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7153 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7155 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7157 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7159 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7160 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7162 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7163 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7165 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7166 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7169 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7170 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7171 the bar might not be in the window. */
7172 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7174 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7175 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7176 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7180 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7181 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7182 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7183 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7184 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7187 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7188 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7189 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7190 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7191 that the glyph is legible. */
7192 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7193 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7195 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7196 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7199 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7202 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7203 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7207 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7208 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7210 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7211 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7213 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7214 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7215 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7216 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7217 width
, row
->height
);
7219 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7220 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7221 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7222 row
->height
- width
),
7223 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7226 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7231 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7234 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7238 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7242 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7245 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7247 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7249 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7250 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7254 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7257 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7259 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7261 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7264 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7268 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7269 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7271 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7272 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7274 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7275 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7278 switch (cursor_type
)
7280 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7281 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7284 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7285 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7289 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7293 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7297 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7305 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7306 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7307 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7312 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7319 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7322 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7328 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7331 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7332 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7333 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7334 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7339 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7340 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7341 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7343 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7344 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7345 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7349 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7350 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7352 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
7353 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
7354 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
7355 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7358 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7359 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7360 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7361 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7362 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7364 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7367 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7368 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7374 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7375 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7378 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7382 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7388 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7389 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7391 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7392 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7394 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7395 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7396 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7398 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7399 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7400 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7401 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7406 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7408 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7409 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7411 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
7413 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7414 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7415 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7418 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7422 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7423 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
7424 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7427 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7428 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7431 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7432 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7433 stored in x_error_message_string.
7435 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7436 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7438 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7440 void x_check_errors ();
7441 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7444 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7447 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7449 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7452 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
,
7453 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy
, 0),
7454 x_error_message_string
));
7456 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7457 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7462 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7465 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
7466 Lisp_Object old_val
;
7468 Lisp_Object first
= XCAR (old_val
);
7469 Display
*dpy
= XSAVE_VALUE (first
)->pointer
;
7471 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7472 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7473 if (x_display_info_for_display (dpy
) != 0)
7480 x_error_message_string
= XCDR (old_val
);
7484 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7485 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7486 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7489 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7493 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7496 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
7497 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
7500 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7501 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7504 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7507 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7510 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
7513 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7516 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7519 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7522 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7523 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7524 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7525 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7528 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7532 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7536 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7539 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7544 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7545 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7546 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7547 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7548 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7551 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7552 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7555 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7556 must reestablish each time */
7557 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7562 /************************************************************************
7564 ************************************************************************/
7566 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7568 static char *error_msg
;
7570 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7571 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7572 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7575 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7577 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7581 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7582 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7585 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7587 char *error_message
;
7589 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7590 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7592 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7594 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7595 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7596 handling_signal
= 0;
7598 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7599 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7600 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7601 the original message here. */
7602 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7604 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7605 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7609 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7611 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7612 dpyinfo
->device
->reference_count
++;
7615 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7616 that are on the dead display. */
7617 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7619 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7621 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7622 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7623 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7624 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7625 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7626 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7629 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7630 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7631 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7632 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7633 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7634 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7636 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7637 trying to find a replacement. */
7638 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7639 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7642 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7643 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7644 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7646 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7647 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7648 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7650 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7651 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7653 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7654 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7655 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7657 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7658 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7659 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7662 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7663 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7664 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7665 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7671 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7676 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7677 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7679 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7680 dpyinfo
->device
->reference_count
--;
7681 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7682 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7685 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7688 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7690 if (device_list
== 0)
7692 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7693 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7697 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7699 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7701 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7702 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7704 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7705 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7706 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7709 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7710 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7711 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
);
7713 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7714 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7717 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7721 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
7722 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7724 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7728 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7729 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7730 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7732 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7734 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7735 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7740 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7746 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7747 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7749 static void NO_INLINE
7750 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7754 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7756 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7757 original error handler. */
7759 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7760 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7761 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7762 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7766 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7767 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7768 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7771 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7776 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7777 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7781 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7783 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7784 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7785 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7786 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7789 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7791 register char *fontname
;
7793 struct font_info
*fontp
7794 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7799 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7800 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7801 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7803 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
7804 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
7805 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7807 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7809 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7810 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7812 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7813 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7814 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7818 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7819 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7822 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7823 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7825 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7826 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7827 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7828 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7829 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7830 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7832 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7833 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7834 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7835 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7836 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7839 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7842 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7843 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7844 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7845 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7848 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7852 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7858 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7859 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7861 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7863 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7865 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7866 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7869 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7870 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7874 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7875 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7878 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7882 /***********************************************************************
7884 ***********************************************************************/
7890 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7891 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7892 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7895 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7897 XPointer client_data
;
7900 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7901 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7905 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7906 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7908 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7909 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7911 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7912 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7916 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7917 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7918 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7922 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7925 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7926 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
7929 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7930 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7933 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
7934 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7935 char *resource_name
;
7942 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7949 XIMCallback destroy
;
7952 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7953 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7956 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7957 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7958 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7964 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7965 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7969 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7973 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7974 char *resource_name
;
7977 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
7978 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
7979 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
7980 when the callback was registered. */
7983 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
7985 XPointer client_data
;
7988 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
7989 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
7991 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
7995 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
7997 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
7998 as they have no XIC. */
7999 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8001 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8004 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8006 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8009 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8010 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8012 create_frame_xic (f
);
8013 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8014 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8015 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8017 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8018 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8027 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8030 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8031 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8032 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8033 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8036 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8037 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8038 char *resource_name
;
8043 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8044 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8047 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8048 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8049 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8050 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8051 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8052 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8053 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8054 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8055 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8056 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8057 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8058 least, hence the configure test. */
8059 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8060 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8061 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8062 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8063 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8067 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8068 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8072 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8075 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8076 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8081 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8082 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8083 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8085 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8086 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8087 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8088 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8089 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8090 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8092 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8095 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8099 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8100 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8103 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8106 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8108 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8109 is already for the top-left corner. */
8110 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8113 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8114 position that fits on the screen. */
8115 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8116 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8117 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8120 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8122 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8123 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8124 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8126 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8127 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8128 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8129 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8132 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8133 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8135 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8138 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8139 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8142 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8143 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8144 so the flags should correspond. */
8145 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8148 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8149 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8150 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8151 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8152 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8155 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8157 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8160 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8162 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8166 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8168 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8170 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8171 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8173 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8176 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8178 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8179 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8181 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8183 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8184 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8185 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8186 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8187 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8190 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8191 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8193 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8194 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8196 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8197 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8198 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8204 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8205 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8207 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8210 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8212 int width
, height
, ign
;
8214 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8216 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8218 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8219 when setting WM manager hints.
8220 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8221 x_check_expected_move. */
8222 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8224 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8225 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8226 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8228 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8229 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8234 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8236 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8237 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8238 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8239 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8241 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8244 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8246 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8247 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8249 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8251 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8252 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8253 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8255 f
->left_pos
= expect_left
;
8256 f
->top_pos
= expect_top
;
8257 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 0);
8259 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8260 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8262 /* Just do this once */
8263 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8268 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8269 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8270 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8271 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8274 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8279 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8281 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8282 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8283 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8285 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8286 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8287 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8289 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8291 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8292 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8294 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8295 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8297 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8298 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8299 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8301 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8302 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8303 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8304 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8306 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8307 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8308 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8309 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8310 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8312 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8314 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8315 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8316 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8318 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8319 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8320 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8321 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8322 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8324 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8328 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8329 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8330 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8331 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8334 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8342 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8343 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8345 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8348 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8350 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8351 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8352 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8353 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8354 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8355 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8356 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8357 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8358 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8361 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8363 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8365 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8367 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8369 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8370 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8372 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8373 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8374 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8375 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8376 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8381 /* Mouse warping. */
8384 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8390 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8391 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8393 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8394 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8396 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8397 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8401 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8402 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8406 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8409 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8415 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8416 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8420 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8423 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8426 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8430 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8431 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8432 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8433 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8434 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8443 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8444 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8445 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8446 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8450 /* Raise frame F. */
8456 if (f
->async_visible
)
8459 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8460 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8465 /* Lower frame F. */
8471 if (f
->async_visible
)
8474 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8475 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8481 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8491 /* Change of visibility. */
8493 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8494 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8495 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8496 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8497 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8498 finishes with it. */
8501 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8505 int original_top
, original_left
;
8506 int retry_count
= 2;
8512 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8514 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8516 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8518 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8519 call x_set_offset a second time
8520 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8521 before the window gets really visible. */
8522 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8523 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8524 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8526 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8528 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8529 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8530 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8531 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8532 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8533 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8535 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8536 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8538 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8539 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8540 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8541 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8542 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8543 to come back ok without this. */
8544 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8545 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8549 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8551 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8552 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8553 so that incoming events are handled. */
8557 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8558 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8559 will set it when they are handled. */
8560 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8562 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8563 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8565 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8568 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8570 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8571 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8572 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8573 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8575 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8576 because the window manager may choose the position
8577 and we don't want to override it. */
8579 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8580 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8581 && previously_visible
)
8585 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8589 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8590 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8591 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8592 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8593 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8594 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8595 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8596 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8597 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8599 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8600 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8601 original_left
, original_top
);
8606 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8608 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8609 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8610 MapNotify at all.. */
8611 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8612 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8614 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8617 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8618 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8619 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8620 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8621 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8623 if (input_polling_used ())
8625 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8626 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8627 handler reset it. */
8628 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8629 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8630 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8631 poll_for_input_1 ();
8632 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8635 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8636 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8641 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8645 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8646 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8647 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8648 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8650 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8655 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8657 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8660 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8665 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8666 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8668 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8669 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8670 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8672 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8673 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8679 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8680 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8681 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8682 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8683 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8684 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8687 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8688 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8694 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8695 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8697 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8698 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8700 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8702 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8703 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8707 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8708 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8709 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8710 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8711 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8712 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8714 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8717 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8718 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8722 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8723 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8724 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8727 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8728 just by the event that we get from the server.
8729 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8730 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8731 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8733 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8734 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8735 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8742 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8751 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8752 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8753 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8755 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8760 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8762 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8764 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8767 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8769 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8770 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8772 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8775 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8776 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8782 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8784 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8786 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8787 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8788 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8789 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8790 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8791 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8792 so we have to record it here. */
8795 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8796 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8801 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8802 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8803 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8807 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8809 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8810 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8814 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8816 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8818 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8819 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8820 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8821 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8823 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8824 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8826 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8827 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8831 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8832 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8833 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8834 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8835 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8837 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8838 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8840 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8843 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8844 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8848 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8850 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8852 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8854 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8855 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8858 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8859 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8861 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8863 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8867 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
8870 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
8873 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8875 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
8879 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
8880 commands to the X server. */
8881 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8883 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
8884 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
8886 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8887 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
8888 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
8889 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
8890 toolkit scroll bars. */
8891 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
8893 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
8894 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
8903 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8904 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
8906 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8907 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
8909 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
8910 we are using a toolkit. */
8911 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8912 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8914 free_frame_menubar (f
);
8915 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8918 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
8919 frames. We must check and free both types. */
8920 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8922 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8923 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
8924 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
8926 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8928 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8929 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8930 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8932 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
8933 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
8934 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
8935 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
8936 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
8937 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
8939 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
8940 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
8941 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
8942 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
8943 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8944 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
8945 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
8946 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
8947 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
8948 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
8949 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8950 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
8951 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
8952 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
8953 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
8955 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
8956 free_frame_faces (f
);
8959 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8962 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
8963 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
8965 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
8966 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
8968 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
8969 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
8970 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
8971 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
8972 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
8973 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8975 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
8977 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
8978 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
8979 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
8980 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
8981 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
8982 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
8983 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
8990 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
8993 x_destroy_window (f
)
8996 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8998 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
8999 commands to the X server. */
9000 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9001 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9003 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9007 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9009 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9010 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9011 that the window now has.
9012 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9013 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9014 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9018 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9023 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9025 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9028 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9031 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9033 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9034 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9036 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9037 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9039 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9040 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9041 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9042 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9043 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9044 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9045 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9046 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9047 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9048 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9050 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9051 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9052 size_hints
.max_width
9053 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9054 size_hints
.max_height
9055 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9057 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9059 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9060 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9061 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9063 int base_width
, base_height
;
9064 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9066 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9067 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9069 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9071 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9072 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9073 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9074 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9075 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9077 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9078 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9079 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9082 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9083 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9084 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9085 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9086 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9088 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9089 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9093 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9096 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9099 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9102 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9103 long supplied_return
;
9107 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9110 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9113 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9114 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9115 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9116 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9117 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9121 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9126 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9127 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9128 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9129 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9130 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9131 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9132 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9133 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9137 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9142 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9143 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9147 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9148 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9150 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9153 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9155 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9158 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9160 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9163 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9167 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9170 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9171 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9172 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9173 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9175 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9176 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9178 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9179 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9183 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9187 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9189 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9190 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9195 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9196 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9197 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9198 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9202 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9203 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9204 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9205 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9206 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9207 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9208 best to explicitly give up. */
9210 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9211 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9220 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9224 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9228 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9229 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9230 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9231 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9234 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9236 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9237 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9239 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9243 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9247 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9249 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9250 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9251 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9253 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9257 /***********************************************************************
9259 ***********************************************************************/
9261 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9264 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9268 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9272 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9274 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9277 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9279 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9280 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9281 on how many fonts to match. */
9284 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9286 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9290 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9291 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9292 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9293 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9294 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9295 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9297 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9301 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9305 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9306 if (NILP (patterns
))
9307 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9309 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9310 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9311 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9313 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9316 char **names
= NULL
;
9318 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9319 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9320 The cache is an alist of the form:
9321 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9322 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9323 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9324 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9325 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9328 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9329 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9333 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9336 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9338 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9341 unsigned long value
;
9343 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9344 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9346 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9347 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9349 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9353 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9355 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9356 int len
= strlen (name
);
9359 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9360 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9361 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9363 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9367 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9368 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9370 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9371 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9376 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9379 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9382 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9384 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9385 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9392 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9393 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9396 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9405 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9408 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9410 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9411 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9413 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9417 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9424 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9425 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9426 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9430 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9432 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9433 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9434 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9435 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9436 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9437 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9442 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9444 else if (dashes
== 9)
9446 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9447 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9450 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9451 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9453 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9454 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9456 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9457 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9458 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9460 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9461 width of this font. */
9462 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9464 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9465 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9470 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9473 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9478 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9479 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9480 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9483 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9485 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9486 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9487 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9493 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9497 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9501 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9503 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9504 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9505 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9508 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9509 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9510 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9511 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9513 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9514 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9516 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9518 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9524 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9526 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9528 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9532 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9533 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9534 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9535 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9538 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9539 if (found_size
== size
)
9540 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9541 else if (found_size
> 0)
9543 if (NILP (second_best
))
9545 else if (found_size
< size
)
9547 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9548 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9553 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9554 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9559 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9561 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9563 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9574 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9578 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9583 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9585 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9587 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9588 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9589 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9592 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9595 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9597 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9598 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9599 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9600 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9601 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9604 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9608 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9609 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9611 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9612 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9613 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9615 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9619 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9620 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9621 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9622 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9623 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9626 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9630 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9632 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9633 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9635 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9636 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9638 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9639 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9641 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9644 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9645 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9646 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9648 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9649 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9652 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9653 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9655 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9656 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9657 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9661 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9662 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9663 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9664 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9667 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9669 register char *fontname
;
9672 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9673 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9676 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9677 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9678 we already have by comparing names. */
9679 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9681 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9686 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9687 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9688 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9689 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9690 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9691 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9692 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9693 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9696 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9700 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9701 unsigned long value
;
9704 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9705 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9706 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9707 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9708 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9709 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9710 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9713 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9714 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9715 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9717 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9718 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9720 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9722 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9727 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9728 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9729 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9732 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9733 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9734 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9737 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9738 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9740 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9743 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9744 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9747 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9749 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9751 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9752 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9753 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9755 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
9757 /* Fixed width font. */
9758 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9765 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
9766 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
9768 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
9770 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9772 fontp
->average_width
9773 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
9774 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
9775 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
9776 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
9777 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
9781 int width
= pcm
->width
;
9782 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
9783 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
9784 width
+= pcm
->width
;
9785 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
9788 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9792 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9794 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9796 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9800 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9801 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9803 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9814 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9815 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9822 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9824 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9826 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9827 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9829 if (NILP (font_names
))
9831 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9832 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9833 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9834 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9835 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9836 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9839 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9841 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9842 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9844 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9847 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9849 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9851 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9852 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9854 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9858 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9859 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9860 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9861 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9862 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9863 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
9864 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9865 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9867 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9869 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9870 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9871 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9872 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9873 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9875 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
9876 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
9877 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9878 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9879 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
9880 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
9881 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
9882 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
9883 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9884 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9885 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
9886 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
9887 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
9889 fontp
->baseline_offset
9890 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
9891 ? (long) value
: 0);
9892 fontp
->relative_compose
9893 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
9894 ? (long) value
: 0);
9895 fontp
->default_ascent
9896 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
9897 ? (long) value
: 0);
9899 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
9900 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
9901 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
9902 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
9903 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
9904 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
9911 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
9912 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
9915 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
9917 register char *fontname
;
9919 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9922 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9923 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9924 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
9925 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
9926 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9931 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
9932 `encoder' of the structure. */
9935 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
9936 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9938 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
9941 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9945 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
9946 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
9948 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
9955 struct ccl_program
*ccl
9956 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
9958 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
9961 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
9967 /***********************************************************************
9969 ***********************************************************************/
9971 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9972 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9973 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9974 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9976 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9977 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9978 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9980 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9981 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9982 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9983 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9984 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9985 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9986 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9988 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9990 static int x_initialized
;
9993 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9994 the screen number from the server number. */
9996 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
9997 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10000 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10001 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10002 int length_until_period
= 0;
10004 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10005 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10006 length_until_period
++;
10008 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10009 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10011 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10013 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10014 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10015 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10016 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10017 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10018 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10019 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10020 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10021 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10022 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10023 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10024 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10025 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10026 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10028 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10032 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10036 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10037 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10041 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10042 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10045 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10046 unsigned long mask
;
10053 while (!(mask
& 1))
10069 struct x_display_info
*
10070 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10071 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10073 char *resource_name
;
10077 struct device
*device
;
10078 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10083 if (!x_initialized
)
10091 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10093 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10094 char **argv2
= argv
;
10097 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10099 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10100 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10101 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10102 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10103 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10107 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10111 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10113 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10115 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10116 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10119 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10120 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10123 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10126 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10128 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10132 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10134 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10135 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10137 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10139 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10140 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10141 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10143 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10144 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10145 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10147 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10148 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10153 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10154 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10157 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10158 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10159 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10161 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10162 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10163 So let's not use it until R6. */
10164 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10165 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10176 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10177 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10179 turn_on_atimers (0);
10180 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10181 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10182 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10184 turn_on_atimers (1);
10186 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10187 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10192 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10194 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10196 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10197 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10198 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10200 /* Detect failure. */
10207 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10209 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10210 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10212 device
= x_create_device (dpyinfo
);
10214 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10216 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10219 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10220 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10221 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10222 SDATA (display_name
)))
10225 device
->kboard
= share
->device
->kboard
;
10228 device
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10229 init_kboard (device
->kboard
);
10230 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10232 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10234 device
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10235 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10236 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10240 device
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10241 all_kboards
= device
->kboard
;
10242 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10243 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10244 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10245 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10246 current_kboard
= device
->kboard
;
10248 device
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10252 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10253 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10254 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10256 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10257 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10258 x_display_name_list
);
10259 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10261 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10263 /* Set the name of the device. */
10264 device
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10265 strncpy (device
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10266 device
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10269 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10273 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10274 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10276 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10277 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10279 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10280 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10282 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10284 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10285 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10286 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10288 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10289 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10291 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10292 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10293 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10294 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10296 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10298 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10300 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10302 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10303 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10304 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10305 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10306 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10307 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10308 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10309 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10310 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10311 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10312 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10313 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10314 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10315 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10316 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10317 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10318 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10319 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10320 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10321 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10322 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10323 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10324 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10325 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10326 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10327 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10328 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10329 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10330 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10331 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10332 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10333 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10334 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10336 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10337 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10338 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10340 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10342 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10343 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10344 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10345 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10346 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10347 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10350 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10351 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10353 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10356 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10357 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10358 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10360 if (STRINGP (value
)
10361 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10362 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10363 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10367 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10368 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10371 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10372 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10373 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10374 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10375 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10376 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10377 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10378 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10379 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10382 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10383 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10384 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10385 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10386 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10387 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10388 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10389 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10390 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10391 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10392 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10393 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10394 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10395 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10396 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10397 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10398 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10399 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10400 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10401 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10402 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10403 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10404 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10405 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10406 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10407 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10408 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10409 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10410 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10411 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10412 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10413 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10414 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10415 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10416 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10417 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10418 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10419 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10420 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10421 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10422 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10423 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10424 /* For properties of font. */
10425 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10426 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10427 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10428 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10429 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10430 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10431 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10432 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10433 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10434 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10436 /* Ghostscript support. */
10437 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10438 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10440 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10443 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10445 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10446 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10451 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10453 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10454 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10455 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10460 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10461 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10463 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10465 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10466 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10470 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10473 #ifdef subprocesses
10474 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10475 if (connection
!= 0)
10476 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10479 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10481 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10482 /* stdin is a socket here */
10483 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10484 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10485 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10486 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10487 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10488 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10491 if (interrupt_input
)
10492 init_sigio (connection
);
10493 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10496 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10497 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10498 so that Xt does not crash. */
10500 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10501 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10505 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10506 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10507 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10508 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10509 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10510 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10511 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10512 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10514 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10515 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10516 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10521 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10522 for debugging X code. */
10525 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10526 build_string ("synchronous"),
10527 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10529 if (STRINGP (value
)
10530 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10531 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10532 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10537 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10538 build_string ("useXIM"),
10539 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10542 if (STRINGP (value
)
10543 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10544 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10547 if (STRINGP (value
)
10548 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10549 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10555 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10556 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10558 if (device
->id
== 1)
10559 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10567 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10568 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10571 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10572 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10577 /* Delete the generic struct device for this X display. */
10578 for (d
= device_list
; d
; d
= d
->next_device
)
10579 if (d
->type
== output_x_window
&& d
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10581 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10582 if (d
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10589 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10591 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10592 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10593 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10594 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10595 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10600 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10601 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10603 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10605 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10608 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10612 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10613 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10615 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10616 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10619 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10621 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10622 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10623 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10626 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10627 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10628 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10633 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10636 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10637 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10638 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10640 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10641 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10642 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10645 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
&& dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10646 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10648 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
)
10649 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10650 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10651 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10655 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10657 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10658 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10659 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10660 that slows us down. */
10663 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10664 struct atimer
*timer
;
10666 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10669 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10670 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10675 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10678 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10680 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10682 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10684 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10688 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10690 x_after_update_window_line
,
10691 x_update_window_begin
,
10692 x_update_window_end
,
10698 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10700 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10701 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10702 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10703 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10704 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10705 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10708 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10709 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10710 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10711 x_clear_frame_area
,
10712 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10713 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10714 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10718 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10720 x_delete_device (struct device
*device
)
10722 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= device
->display_info
.x
;
10726 /* Free the fonts in the font table. */
10727 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10728 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10730 XFreeFont (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
);
10733 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10734 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10736 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10737 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10740 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10742 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10746 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10752 x_create_device (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10754 struct device
*device
;
10756 device
= create_device ();
10758 device
->type
= output_x_window
;
10759 device
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10760 dpyinfo
->device
= device
;
10762 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10764 device
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10765 device
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10766 device
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10767 device
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10768 device
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10769 device
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10770 device
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10771 device
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10772 device
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10773 device
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10774 device
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10775 device
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10776 device
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10777 device
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10778 device
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10779 device
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10780 device
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10781 device
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10783 device
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10784 device
->delete_device_hook
= x_delete_device
;
10786 device
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10787 device
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10788 device
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10789 device
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10790 device
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10791 device
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10803 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10804 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10805 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10808 current_count
= -1;
10811 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10812 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10814 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10815 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10817 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10819 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10820 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10821 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10822 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10823 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10824 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10825 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10827 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10829 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10830 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10831 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10832 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10833 widgets don't behave normally. */
10835 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10836 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10837 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10841 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10843 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10844 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10848 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10849 original error handler. */
10850 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10851 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10853 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10854 #if 0 /* Don't. We may want to open tty frames later. */
10856 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10857 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10860 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10867 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
10868 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
10870 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10871 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10873 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10874 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10876 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10877 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10879 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10880 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10881 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10882 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10884 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10885 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10887 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10888 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10889 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10890 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10891 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10892 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10893 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10895 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10896 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10897 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10898 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10899 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10900 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10901 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10902 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10903 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10905 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10906 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10907 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10908 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10909 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10911 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10912 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10913 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10915 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10917 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10920 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10923 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10924 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10926 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10927 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10928 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10929 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10930 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10931 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10932 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10933 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10934 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10936 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10937 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10938 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10939 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10940 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10941 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10943 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10944 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10945 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10946 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10947 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10948 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10950 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10951 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10952 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10953 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10954 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10955 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10957 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10958 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10959 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10960 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10961 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10962 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10964 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10965 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10966 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10967 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10968 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10972 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10974 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10975 (do not change this comment) */